# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # JonathanStein , 2021 # Morten Schou , 2021 # peso , 2021 # Ejner Sønniksen , 2021 # Pernille Kristensen , 2021 # Martin Trigaux, 2021 # Sanne Kristensen , 2021 # lhmflexerp , 2021 # Mads Søndergaard, 2021 # Mads Søndergaard, 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-06-14 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-14 13:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2021\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & Mrp" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Lager" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "Stregkoder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "Daglige aktiviteter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "From the Barcode application:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Inventory**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" "Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" " use the keyboard to set the quantity)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " "products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " "repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 msgid "" "When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " "printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " "scan products directly)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 msgid "" "Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " "Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 msgid "" "Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " "top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 msgid "" "Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " "product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " "accessible, visible or is missing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " "finish the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 msgid "" "Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 msgid "" "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " "**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 msgid "" "Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" msgstr "I Odoo er der to typer af interne overførsler:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 msgid "" "Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " "of the dashboard)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 msgid "Scan the **destination location**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " "outgoing deliveries:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" "In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 msgid "" "If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " "the lots/serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 msgid "" "**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" " one automatically" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " "you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " "barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " "scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 msgid "" "Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" " product (you can also use the keyboard)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " "on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " "scan products directly)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " "Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " "top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " "on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " "visible or is missing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 msgid "" "Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " "one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 msgid "" "When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " "**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 msgid "" "Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " "right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "Example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 msgid "Open operation interface." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 msgid "Scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 msgid "" "The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in information using the mouse " "and keyboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Opsætning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " "that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " "delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" " of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 msgid "Set products barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 msgid "" "In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" " that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " "is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " "interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " "go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " "interface can also be accessed via the planner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 msgid "" "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " "them)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:33 msgid "Set locations barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:38 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " "that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " "barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " "paper." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " "name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 msgid "Barcode formats" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " "products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:61 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " "your own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "Lagerstyring" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment.rst:5 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" msgstr "Lagerjustering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" "One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " "keep the inventory right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 msgid "" "Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " "inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " "the right locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 msgid "" "In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " "product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 msgid "Start the initial inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 msgid "" "In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" " 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" "A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" " of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 msgid "" "if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " "set the location of your product from this screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 msgid "" "You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 msgid "" "Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" " menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " "has automatically been created and validated by the system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 msgid "Multiple products at once" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 msgid "" "Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" " products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " "initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" " location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 msgid "" "Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" " of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " "Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" " (or child) locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 msgid "" "You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " "only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 msgid "" "If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " "one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " "enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " "field. The accounting module needs to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" "Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" " have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " "manually by clicking on **Add an item**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 msgid "" "Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 msgid "" "additional information will be available according to the options you " "activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 msgid "" "Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " "it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 msgid "" "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, and click on the **list button**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " "delivery strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 msgid "" "**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " "answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " "quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " "amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " "**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " "order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " "drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:43 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " "stock valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " "(or any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:60 msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " "amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " "stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "TaKing stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " "products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " "need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" " this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" " those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:12 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" " warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " "from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " "multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " "create." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " "warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" " + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " "warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" " A+B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:37 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " "Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " "information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/adjustment/virtual_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:5 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Leveringsordrer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oversigt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " "been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 msgid "" "Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " "delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " "any bad surprise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " "**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" " cancel the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 msgid "" "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" " receive the confirmation of the cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " "limit them to a certain number of countries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " "**Delivery Methods**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 msgid "" "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 msgid "" "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " "this delivery method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 msgid "" "If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " "your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " "only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 msgid "" "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " "Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "" "How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is drop-shipping?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " "stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" "shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " "the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," " the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " "are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" " space in your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 msgid "" "Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" " in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " "price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" " be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " "sense!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 msgid "" "To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" " for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 msgid "" "Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " "amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" " all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" " tracking number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 msgid "" "Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " "product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " "information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" " that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " "is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " "to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" " box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " "on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " "Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " "order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 msgid "" "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " "supplier to the products you want to dropship." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 msgid "How to send products from the suppliers directly to the customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "" "Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" " that the route is **Dropshipping**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " "Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " "procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " "will see that one shipment has been created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 msgid "" "To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " "**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " "dropship card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" "It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" " it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " "the customer without transiting to your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:222 msgid "Todo" msgstr "To Do" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:106 msgid "" "Add link to this section when available * How to analyse the performance of " "my vendors?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " "deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " "simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " "to handle orders very quickly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" " two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " "the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " "customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " "especially when the items you stock are big in size." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " "packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " "set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " "delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " "configured to be directly delivered from the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 msgid "" "However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " "configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " "delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " "and edit the concerned warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " "Only)**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "Opret en salgsordre" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " "deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " "the **stat button** above the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 msgid "" "If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " "picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " "Orders** kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "**customer**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 msgid "" "This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " "product has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:64 msgid "" "Ajouter un lien vers ces pages quand elles existeront - Process Overview: " "From sales orders to delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:133 msgid "Process Overview: From purchase orders to receptions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " "adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " "**Settings**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " "on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 msgid "*Sale process*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 msgid "" "Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " "redirected to the Delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " "number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " "Pack**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" " has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " "want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " "receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " "automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " "scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " "a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " "dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "Configuring lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 msgid "" "Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 msgid "At a product level" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 msgid "" "Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " "configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " "**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" " select a supplier lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " "different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " "time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" " days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " "Time**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 msgid "**Customer lead time**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " "warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " "select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " "time**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" "At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" " as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " "create manufacturing routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 msgid "At the company level" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 msgid "" "At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " "cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " "is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " "of delays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 msgid "" "Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" " your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " "lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " "order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " "days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " "the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " "keep your commitment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " "of safety days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 msgid "" "They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " "purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " "days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " "be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 msgid "" "Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " "here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 msgid "At route level" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" " can also influence the computed date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 msgid "" "The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " "app when creating a new push rule in a route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 msgid "At sale order level:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "**Requested date**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 msgid "" "Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " "indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" " date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" " display a warning." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 msgid "" "As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " "order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." " In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " "on your configuration:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" "January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " "lead time)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 msgid "" "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " "need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," " they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " "process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " "before shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 msgid "" "With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " "transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " "destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " "customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 msgid "" "A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" " + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " "default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " "code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " "``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " "Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" " delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " "correct method for your needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "Install the Inventory module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" " orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Allow managing routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" " mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " "the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " "button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " "option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " "that will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " "location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " "Ship).**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 msgid "Create a Sale Order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " "deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " "the **stat button** above the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 msgid "" "Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " "click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" " Zone**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 msgid "" "This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " "product available for the next step (Packing)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" " kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " "**WH/Output**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 msgid "" "This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " "product available for the next step (Shipping)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " "quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 msgid "" "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " "**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:160 msgid "" "Link to these sections when available - Process Overview: From sales orders" " to delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " "your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " "before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" " are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " "**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " "necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " "which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " "``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " "Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " "(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " "case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Allow management of routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" "Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " "provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " "will chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 msgid "" "Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" " checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " "check the radio button above)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " "need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " "activated beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 msgid "" "To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" " Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 msgid "" "For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " "before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " "some products to deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " "the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " "different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " "process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " "click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " "**WH/Output**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 msgid "" "This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" " **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " "**available for the next step** (Shipping)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " "customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " "listed in the **To Do** column)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 msgid "" "This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" " **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " "shipped to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:130 msgid "" "link to these sections when they will be available - Process Overview: From" " sales orders to delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:5 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "Indkommende leverancer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " "handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " "standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " "configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" " for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " "move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " "only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " "return the quantity that is not good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:71 msgid "" "Add section when available - How to analyse the performance of my vendors?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " "to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " "with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " "receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" " steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," " the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " "allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" " transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" " has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" " may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " "valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 msgid "Use advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " "checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 msgid "" "Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" "Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " "and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " "goods directly into stock**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " "**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " "admitted in stock (3 steps)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "How to control a receipt?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " "**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" " to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " "This is the receipt step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " "**Receipts** card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " "complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " "page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" " the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " "available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "" "How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " "ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " "the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " "**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" " Control**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " "top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " "ready to be controlled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 msgid "" "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " "Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " "process the quality control." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 msgid "" "Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " "move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" " of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " "controlled and has moved to your stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " "then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " "not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " "processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 msgid "" "Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " "ticked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 msgid "" "Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " "methods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " "**Receive goods directly into stock**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" " steps)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " "the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " "related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " "form view. This is the receipt step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " "**Receipts** card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" " complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 msgid "" "This has completed the Receipt Step and the move referred with **WH/IN**. " "The product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location," " which makes the product available for the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " "Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " "quality control." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 msgid "" "Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " "the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 msgid "" "This has completed the internal transfer step and the move referred with " "**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Lot og Serienumre" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduktion" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" " **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " "delivery and after-sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " "info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " "production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " "food." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " "You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" " way you manage these products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " "chances that you can return them for production fault." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " "a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " "for instance, makes no sense at all." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " "lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" " will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 msgid "Setting up" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" " application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " "**Track lots or serial numbers**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " "**Manage several locations per warehouse**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 msgid "Operation types configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 msgid "" "You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" " **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" " you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "Manage lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 msgid "Transfers" msgstr "Overførsler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 msgid "" "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " "input the lot number(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Click on the lot icon :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 msgid "" "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " "and the quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " "new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 msgid "Inventory adjustment" msgstr "Lagerjustering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 msgid "Classic inventory by products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "Inventory of a lot" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " "product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 msgid "" "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " "can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "" "You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " "fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " "type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 msgid "" "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" "Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " "every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " "serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " "location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" " product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " "location where the products are moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 msgid "" "You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " "**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 msgid "" "Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 msgid "" "In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " "have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" " products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " "transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " "Split icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 msgid "" "A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " "numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 msgid "" "If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " "appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to confirm that you are " "moving those serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 msgid "Inventory of a serial number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " "can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 msgid "" "You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " "will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " "here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 msgid "" "The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" " were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 msgid "" "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " "serial number corresponding to your search." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Diverse handlinger" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " "transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 msgid "Immediate Transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" "When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" "In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " "quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" " why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " "column \"Done\" for the quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " "to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " "transfer right now)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 msgid "Planned Transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 msgid "" "When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " "order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " "initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" "If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 msgid "" "In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " "units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " "Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " "the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " "having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " "not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " "item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " "(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 msgid "" "In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " "reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " "line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" " it blank if you are the owner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 msgid "What is a scheduler" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 msgid "" "The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " "production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " "products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " "automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 msgid "" "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " "started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " "tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 msgid "" "You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " "and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " "requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " "there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " "be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 msgid "Run the scheduler manually" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " "click on **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 msgid "" "You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " "uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " "company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," " deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" "This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" " see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " "click on **Activate the developer mode**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 msgid "" "You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " "corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " "configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 msgid "How to scrap products?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" " basic material" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 msgid "content recoverable through recycling." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 msgid "" "In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " "unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " "during picking or physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 msgid "" "Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 msgid "" "When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " "the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 msgid "" "When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " "default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 msgid "" "To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " "warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 msgid "" "After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " "new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" " --> Locations.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 msgid "" "To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " "location form view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "Different ways to scrap product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 msgid "" "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 msgid "" "Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 msgid "" "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 msgid "" "Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 msgid "" "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 msgid "" "Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " "scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 msgid "" "When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " "quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " "**Scrap**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" "To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " "several location per warehouse** in the settings at " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:9 msgid "" "Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " "sheet. This implies two main choices:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:12 msgid "" "the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " "Real Price);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:15 msgid "" "the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " "Perpetual)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:19 msgid "Costing Method" msgstr "Kostpris metode" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:66 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Standard pris" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Handling" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Enhedsomkostning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:187 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Lagerværdi" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:204 msgid "$10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 msgid "0" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 msgid "$0" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 msgid "8" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 msgid "+8*$10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 msgid "$80" msgstr "$80" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 msgid "12" msgstr "12" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 msgid "+4*$10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 msgid "$120" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:152 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:206 msgid "2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-10*$10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 msgid "$20" msgstr "$20" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 msgid "4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:59 msgid "+2*$10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 msgid "$40" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:63 msgid "" "**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " "materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " "period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:121 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Gennemsnitspris" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 msgid "$12" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 msgid "+4*$16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 msgid "$144" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-10*$12" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 msgid "$24" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 msgid "$9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:212 msgid "+2*$6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 msgid "$36" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:107 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:108 msgid "" "The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " "has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" " (see here attached)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:114 msgid "" "From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" " huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " "complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" " up-to-date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 msgid "" "This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " "business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " "matters in the cost computation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:174 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:151 msgid "$16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-8*$10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-2*$16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 msgid "$32" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 msgid "$11" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 msgid "$44" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:216 msgid "" "For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " "by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " "category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " "value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " "Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " "form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " "last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " "received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:173 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," " Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-4*$16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 msgid "-6*$10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 msgid "$8" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:227 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:228 msgid "" "Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," " check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " "Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " "categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:234 msgid "" "Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" " quantity in stock * cost price)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:240 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:241 msgid "" "In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " "have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " "the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " "physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:245 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:246 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Leverandørfaktura" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "\\" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Kredit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 msgid "50" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:258 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:259 msgid "4.68" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:260 msgid "54.68" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:267 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:267 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:268 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:268 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Kundefaktura" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 msgid "100" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:276 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:276 msgid "9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:277 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:277 msgid "109" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:283 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:282 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:288 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:287 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:291 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:290 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Produktionsordrer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:297 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:296 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:300 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:305 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:309 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 msgid "X" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:316 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:317 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:323 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:323 msgid "" "In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " "are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" "date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " "As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " "testing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:330 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:330 msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:346 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:349 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:352 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:356 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:354 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:370 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:359 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:371 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:360 msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:205 msgid "€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 msgid "€0" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 msgid "€80" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 msgid "€120" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 msgid "€20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:60 msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 msgid "€40" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 msgid "€12" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 msgid "€144" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 msgid "€24" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 msgid "€9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:213 msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 msgid "€36" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:152 msgid "€16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 msgid "€32" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 msgid "€11" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 msgid "€44" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-4*€16" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 msgid "-6*€10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 msgid "€8" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:299 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:310 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:313 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and the " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:348 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:351 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Main Concepts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:9 msgid "" "A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " "products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" " locations (possibly virtual)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 msgid "Operations" msgstr "Operationer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:20 msgid "" "Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:32 msgid "Production Order" msgstr "Produktionsordre" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 msgid "Consume:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:28 msgid "Produce:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:29 msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 msgid "Drop-shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:35 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:38 msgid "Configurarion:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Supplier: on the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:47 msgid "Client Delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 msgid "Pick" msgstr "Pluk" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 msgid "Pack" msgstr "Pakke" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "Levering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:46 msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:54 msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:51 msgid "Transfer:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:59 msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 msgid "Missing products in inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 msgid "Extra products in inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:67 msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:74 msgid "Reception" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 msgid "Analysis" msgstr "Analyse" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:79 msgid "" "Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " "products * product cost)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:82 msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:152 msgid "" "A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" " location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:161 msgid "New sale orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "Effect" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 msgid "" "A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " "by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 msgid "" "Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " "(property)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:166 msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" msgstr "Minimum lager regler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:167 msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "Procurement rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:172 msgid "" "*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " "be fulfilled e.g.:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:175 msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:176 msgid "" "whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " "To Stock)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:181 msgid "needs schema thing from FP" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 msgid "Routes" msgstr "Ruter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:186 msgid "" "Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " "must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " "sales order lines, warehouse,..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:190 msgid "" "To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " "routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:204 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Lagre" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 msgid "Picking List:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:200 msgid "Pack List:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 msgid "Delivery Order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 msgid "Gate A → Customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 msgid "" "Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " "the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 msgid "A Product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 msgid "Reception:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 msgid "Supplier → Input" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:211 msgid "Confirmation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Input → Quality Control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 msgid "Storage:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:214 msgid "Quality Control → Stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 msgid "Product Category" msgstr "Produktkategori" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Cross-Docks:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 msgid "Input → Output" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:223 msgid "Delivery:" msgstr "Levering:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 msgid "Output → Customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 msgid "Sale Order Line" msgstr "Salgsordrelinje" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:226 msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 msgid "Order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:229 msgid "Supplier → Customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 msgid "Push Rules" msgstr "Push regler (skub)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:234 msgid "" "Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " "automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" " used depends on applicable routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 msgid "Quality Control" msgstr "Kvalitetskontrol" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 msgid "Product lands in Input" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:242 msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 msgid "Warehouse Transit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:245 msgid "Product lands in Transit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:246 msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 msgid "Procurement Groups" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:251 msgid "" "Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " "provided:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 msgid "Picking" msgstr "Plukning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 msgid "Packing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 msgid "Delivery Order" msgstr "Følgeseddel" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:257 msgid "Purchase Order" msgstr "Indkøbsordre" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 msgid "..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:260 msgid "" "Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " "and locations are the same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:263 msgid "" "A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " "orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " "reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " "together)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Terminologies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 msgid "" "**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " "It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " "repository." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" "**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " "warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " "locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "" "**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " "serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " "24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " "procurements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "" "**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " "product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" " item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 msgid "" "**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " "Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" " (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 msgid "" "**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " "level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " "deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " "enough stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 msgid "" "**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 msgid "" "**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" " number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 msgid "" "**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " "products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " "other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " "You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " "automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " "product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 msgid "" "**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " "applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" " To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " "routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" "**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " "They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " "can be used depends on applicable routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 msgid "" "**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " "procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " "product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " "or MTS,..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 msgid "" "**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " "rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " "Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " "procurement group and locations are the same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "" "**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " "between locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 msgid "" "**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " "in a warehouse or location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 msgid "" "**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " "specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " "Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " "units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 msgid "" "**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " "trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " "manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" " minimum stock rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 msgid "" "**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " "materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " "these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " "no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " "packing zone)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 msgid "" "**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " "the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" " distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " "customer, without passing through your own warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 msgid "" "**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " "for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 msgid "" "**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " "specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " "goes in rack 3, storage A)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 msgid "" "**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" " it from the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process.rst:5 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 msgid "From procurement to delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" "Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " "with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" " you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" " delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 msgid "" "Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " "**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " "processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " "**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 msgid "How to process a receipt ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 msgid "Install Purchase application" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " "to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 msgid "Make a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " "Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" "Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " "products to your request for quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 msgid "" "Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " "quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 msgid "From the purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 msgid "" "On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " "related **Receipt**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" " the list of your deliveries to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 msgid "Process the Receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 msgid "" "To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " "transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " "order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 msgid "" "Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " ":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " "information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 msgid "Install Sales application" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 msgid "" "First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 msgid "Place a sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" " team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 msgid "" "You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 msgid "" "Fill in the **Customer information** and click on **Add an Item** to add " "some products to your quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 msgid "From the sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 msgid "" "On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " "**Delivery**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 msgid "" "When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " "list of your receipts to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 msgid "" "If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" " on your dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 msgid "" "You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " "methods. Please read the document " ":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 msgid "Advanced flows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 msgid "" "In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " "Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 msgid "" "By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " "activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " "transfers**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 msgid "" "**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " "warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 msgid "" "Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" "docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " "**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start.rst:5 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " "follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " "different screens you need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 msgid "" "Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" "right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 msgid "Set up your warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 msgid "Import your vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 msgid "Import your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 msgid "Set up the initial inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" " valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 msgid "" "If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" " should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" " inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " "and use your scanner optimally." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " "instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" " will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " "are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " "from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " "docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "Warehouse and routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" " --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" " products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 msgid "" "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," " then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "" "**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "then click on **Save**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 msgid "Cross Docking Route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 msgid "" "We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " "for the remaining part:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 msgid "" "Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " "created as an internal physical location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 msgid "Product with cross dock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 msgid "" "We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" " above as well as the **Buy** route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 msgid "" "We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " "for replenishment of a stockable product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " "warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " "application in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 msgid "" "First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " "**Create**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" "please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " "**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " "not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " "orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " "2 units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " "automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " "if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a procurement rule?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 msgid "" "The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " "With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" " orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " "inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " "cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " "pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " "such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" " the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " "dissatisfaction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 msgid "" "An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" " is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " "not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " "by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " "of storing goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " "application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " "using rules\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 msgid "Procurement rules settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " "go to Configuration > Routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " "possible :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 msgid "Move from another location rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" "Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 msgid "" "The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " "manufacturing rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 msgid "" "The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " "rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 msgid "What is a push rule?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 msgid "" "The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" " meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " "purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " "The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " "and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " "inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " "can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " "with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " "inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " "advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " "have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " "inability to meet customer demand for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 msgid "" "A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" " as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " "move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " "specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " "be triggered automatically or manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 msgid "" "Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" " rules**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 msgid "Push rules settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 msgid "" "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " "is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " "the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " "quality control location move to the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "How to use routes?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 msgid "" "A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" " advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 msgid "Manage default locations per product" msgstr "Håndtér standard lokation per produkt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " "products" msgstr "" "Hjælper håndtering af udlejning, ved at generere automatiske returordrer for" " udlejede produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 msgid "" "Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " "application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " "routing of products using rules**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 msgid "" "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " "**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" "First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " "can combine several choices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 msgid "" "If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" " applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " "would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 msgid "Routes applied on products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 msgid "" "If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " "be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," " select the route(s):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 msgid "" "If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " "categories it will be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" " under the **Logistics** section :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "" "If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " "time you make a sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" " the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 msgid "" "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Procurement and push rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "Please refer to the documents:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 msgid "Procurement configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" "When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " "On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " "**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " "**Preferred Routes**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "Make-to-Order Route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 msgid "" "If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " "the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " "**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " "Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing.rst:5 msgid "Product Costing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "" "How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " "an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " "to be installed)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 msgid "" "Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " "on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" " want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " "Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " "will be split across your transfers lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " "products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " "appropriate location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" " make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " "of a potential chemical reaction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 msgid "" "A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " "affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " "location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " "level)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " "option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" " using rules**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 msgid "Setting up a strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" "Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " "product quality." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 msgid "" "Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " "location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 msgid "" "You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " "putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " "Strategy**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 msgid "" "Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " "form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " "strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 msgid "" "When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 msgid "" "Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " "automatically be transferred to the correct location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 msgid "" "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Current Inventory`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 msgid "" "Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " "products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " "control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " "that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " "on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " "on the **location**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" "Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " "warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " "**Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "" "A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " "stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " "are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " "short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " "they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 msgid "" "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " "``iPod 32 Gb`` available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 msgid "" "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 msgid "" "In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " "moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " "shelf life." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" " ``WH/Stock`` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "" "In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" " according to their expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" "This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " "number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " "**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " "number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " "goods with this serial/lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 msgid "" "Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " "latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " "removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 msgid "" "All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " "purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " "may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " "lots pass their **alert date**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" "Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " "received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" " new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " "**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " "**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," " the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " "to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " "entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " "zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " "after the lot has been created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "" "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " "expiration date fields as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 msgid "" "Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " "``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " "expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "LOT0001" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "Ice Cream" msgstr "Is" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "08/20/2015" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "08/10/2015" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "LOT0003" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "08/15/2015" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 msgid "" "The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " "removal strategy **FEFO**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings.rst:5 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Opsætning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "Varer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " "delivery strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " "answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" " quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " "current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" " down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " "other module where products are available)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "How to use different units of measure?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" " application and sell them in a country where the imperial system is used, " "you will need to convert the units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " "sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " "**Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "Setting up units on your products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, open the product which you " "would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " "**Edit**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "" "In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " "will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 msgid "" "In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " "purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:129 msgid "edit" msgstr "rediger" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 msgid "" "When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 msgid "" "The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " "condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " "**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 msgid "Procurement" msgstr "Indkøb" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " "measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "The quality control is done by unit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 msgid "" "The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " "check is done by unit." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 msgid "" "The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " "**Draft**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 msgid "" "The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " "sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" " the unit to the dozen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" " measure :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 msgid "" "But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " "converted automatically :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:125 msgid "" "Create a link when the document is available - When should you use " "packages, units of measure or kits?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Unit of measures" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" "Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." " Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 msgid "" "Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 msgid "" "The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" " warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 msgid "" "The conversion between the different units of measures is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakker" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 msgid "" "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Emballering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 msgid "" "If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " "notice and the power plug." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 msgid "" "You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " "only for indicative purpose." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 msgid "" "For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " "individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" " of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 msgid "" "If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" " ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 msgid "" "The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " "**packaging**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 msgid "" "When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " "``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`uom`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" msgstr "Via produkt varianter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " "like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " "(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "" "Som et eksempel, kan en virksomhed der sælger t-shirts have følgende " "produkt:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "B&C T-shirt" msgstr "B&C T-shirt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 msgid "" "In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." msgstr "" "I dette eksempel er **B&C T-Shirt** navnet på produktskabelonen, og **B&C " "T-Shirt, S, Blå** er en variant. Størrelser og farver er **egenskaber**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." " Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 msgid "Impact of variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" "**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " "template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." msgstr "" "**Stregkode**: koden og stregkoden er associeret med en variant, ikke en " "skabelon. Hver variant kan have dens egen stregkode / SKU." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 msgid "" "**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " "based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " "(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " "the template or the variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 msgid "" "**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " "t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " "information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " "that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " "variant)" msgstr "" "**Lager**: Lageret håndteres ud fra produktvarianter. Du ejer ikke t-shirts," " du ejer kun \"T-shirts, S, Rød\", eller \"T-Shirts, M, Blå\". Af hensyn til" " information, angives summen for alle varianter på produkt skabelonen (men " "det faktiske lager udregnes per variant)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 msgid "" "**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " "product may have its own primary picture." msgstr "" "**Billede**: Billedet er relateret til varianten, hver variation af " "produktet kan have dets eget primære billede." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 msgid "" "**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " "If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " "Income Account, Taxes)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 msgid "Should you use variants?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 msgid "When should you use variants?" msgstr "Hvornår bør du bruge varianter?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 msgid "" "**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " "templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " "will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" msgstr "" "**eHandel**: I din online butik vil kunder kun se produktskabelonerne på din" " katalog side. Når besøgende klikker på et sådant produkt, vil de have " "mulighed for at vælge mellem varianterne (farver, størrelser, ...)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 msgid "" "**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" " for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " "Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" " create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " "specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 msgid "" "**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " "the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " "the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" " have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " "pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 msgid "" "Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " "should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " "of managing lots of products that are similars." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" "As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" " use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " "product templates and all their related variations." msgstr "" "Som et eksempel, er importering af dit første produktkatalog mere komplekst " "hvis du anvender varianter. Du kan ikke bare importere en liste af " "produkter; du bliver nødt til at importere produktskabeloner og alle deres " "relaterede variationer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 msgid "" "In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " "you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " "example, a company having these products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 msgid "Color: Red, Blue" msgstr "Farve: Rød, Blå" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 msgid "" "In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " "variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " "different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " "shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " "e-Commerce:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" msgstr "Produkt Skabelon: T-Shirt" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "Produktskabelon: Poloer" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 msgid "" "Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " "variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " "menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " "Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 msgid "Creating products with variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." msgstr "" "Når du har aktiveret variant mulighederne, kan du tilføje varianter til dine" " produkter. For at gøre dette skal du gå til Salgs modulet, " ":menuselection:`Salg --> Produkter`. Det er også tilgængeligt fra Indkøbs og" " Lager modulerne." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." msgstr "Klik nu på det produkt du ønsker at tilføje varianter til." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " "purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " "To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " "**Create**." msgstr "" "På produktsiden er der dukket en ny fane op ved navn Varianter. Antallet " "angivet øverst med lilla, er antallet af varianter som dette produkt har i " "øjeblikket. For at tilføje nye varianter, skal du klikke på flisen. I det " "nye vindue, skal du klikke på **Opret**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 msgid "" "In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " "variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " "it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" msgstr "" "I **Egenskaber** skal du klikke på nedfaldsmenuen og vælge den type variance" " du ønsker at tilføje. Hvis varianten endnu ikke eksiterer, kan du oprette " "den løbende ved at klikke på Opret og rediger..." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 msgid "" "In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " "attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " "type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." msgstr "" "I Egenskaber vinduet er **Værdi** feltet beskrivelsen af egenskaben så som " "Grøn, Plastik, eller 32GB. **Egenskab** feltet er typen på varianten, så som" " Farve, Materiale, eller Hukommelse." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" "You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " "**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" "Du kan tilføje en omkostning for varianten løbende, ved at tilføje den i " "**Egenskab Pris Ekstra** feltet, eller ved at redigere den senere. Klik på " "**Gem**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" "You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 msgid "" "When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " "**Save**." msgstr "" "Når du har angivet alle specifikationerne for varianten, klikker du på " "**Gem**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 msgid "Managing Product Variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 msgid "" "The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " "variant attributes :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 msgid "T-Shirt B&C" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Størrelse: S, M, L, XL, XXL" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 msgid "Managing combination possibilities" msgstr "Håndter kombinationsmuligheder" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 msgid "" "By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " "(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " "you can deactivate the white product variant." msgstr "" "Per standard, med ovenstående produktskabelon, får du 15 forskellige " "produkter (3 farver, 5 størrelser). Hvis XXL størrelsen kun er tilgængelig " "for røde og blå t-shirts, kan du deaktivere den hvide produtkvariant." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 msgid "" "To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." " From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " "XXL." msgstr "" "Klik på **Varianter** knappen, og vælg XXL, Hvid T-shirt for at gøre dette. " "Fra produkt formularen, afmarkér **Aktiv** kassen for T-shirt Hvid, XXL." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 msgid "" "That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "Angiv en pris per variant" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 msgid "" "You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 msgid "" "Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 msgid "" "Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " "editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " "variant that will be added to the original price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "Når du har angivet alle ekstra værdier, klikker du på **Gem**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:226 msgid "Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:227 msgid "Process Overview: From Billing to Payment Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " "considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " "aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " "not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " "as much locations as you need under one warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " "unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " "difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " "anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " "your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " "account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " "organization of your warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new location?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 msgid "Creating a new location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " "manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " "**Create**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 msgid "" "Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" " **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " "partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" " to a location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" "You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" " describe your location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 msgid "" "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " "hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " "containing all the sublocations in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " "manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 msgid "" "In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " "fields :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 msgid "" "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " "Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " "make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 msgid "" "In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " "on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " "one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " "edit it afterwards." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 msgid "" "When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " "types and main child locations for this main location in the background." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " "fully integrated with the third-party shippers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " "the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " "but also on your e-commerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " "compute the real price and the packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " "option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " "limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "Levering" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" " using your UPS.com User ID and Password." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "" "1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " "`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " "`__" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "Produktion" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " "products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " "manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " "can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " "describe multiple variants of the same product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 msgid "" "If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " "orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 msgid "" "Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " "product and at least one component (components are considered products in " "Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " "the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " "chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " "created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " "dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " "materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 msgid "" "Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " "**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " "production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "" "A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " "and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " "added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "" "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 msgid "" "You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " "consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" " tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " "produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " "Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " "primary product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 msgid "" "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " "under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " "product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " "component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" "assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " "manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " "that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "" "Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" "level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " "subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" " order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " "subassembly is created as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 msgid "" "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " "Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " "subassembly as you would for any product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 msgid "" "On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " "**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " "precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " "effect." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 msgid "" "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " "manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " "subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " "same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" " manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " "each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " "variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " "field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " "assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " "There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " "kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " "Manufacturing apps must be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " "the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " "step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "" "A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " "and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " "each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " "shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " "right shows the corresponding delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "image0" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:80 msgid "image1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 msgid "" "From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " "create each component product as you would any other product, then create " "the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " "**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" " Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " "be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " "preference. The component products require no special configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " "product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " "this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " "their default values." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 msgid "" "If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" " a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" " standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " "manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " "will appear in your stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " "**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " "order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " "stock management." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " "this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" " order rather than a packing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 msgid "" "There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " "manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " "order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " "control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " "orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " "performed in an order defined by **routings**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 msgid "" "You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " "work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " "one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " "work orders and routings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 msgid "" "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " "are two basic phases from planning to production:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 msgid "Create manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 msgid "Record Production" msgstr "Optag produktion" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 msgid "" "To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" " production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " "configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " "**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 msgid "" "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " "scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " "planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 msgid "" "Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " "configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " "work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" " step of scheduling work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " "managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" " unbuild products you have received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 msgid "" "Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " "of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " "of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 msgid "" "In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " "unbuilding them and recycling them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 msgid "Unbuild Order" msgstr "Tilbagefør Produktion" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 msgid "" "While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" " menu *Unbuild Orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 msgid "" "When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " "something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " "something you received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 msgid "" "If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " "components from the MO back in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 msgid "" "If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " "BoM back in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/overview.rst:7 msgid "I want to use Odoo Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 msgid "Create a Repair Order" msgstr "Opret en reparationsordre" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " "customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" " might need, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Indkøb" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases.rst:5 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Indkøb" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master.rst:5 msgid "Master Data" msgstr "Stamdata" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 msgid "Import vendors pricelists" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 msgid "" "It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " "to date on products pricing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 msgid "Import a pricelist" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 msgid "" "Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " "import." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 msgid "See below a template of the columns used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" ":download:`Click here to download the template " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 msgid "" "If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " "product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 msgid "Add vendors in a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " "select a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 msgid "" "From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " "on the fly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 msgid "" "Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " "will automatically link the contact and price with the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 msgid "" "When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " "product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " "period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 msgid "" "This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " "t-shirt in different sizes!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " "unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" " and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" " measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " "between sales and purchase very easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 msgid "Let's take the following examples:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 msgid "" "You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " "in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " "see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " "quantities in **Liters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" " unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " "correctly installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom01|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:132 msgid "uom01" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom02|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 msgid "uom02" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 msgid "" "Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " "unit of measures (advanced)** box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 msgid "Standard units of measures" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 msgid "" "Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " "Please remember that different units of measures between sales and purchase " "necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " "**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " "standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 msgid "" "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " "customers in **Liters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" "Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " "information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" " be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " "purchase)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " "**Purchase Unit of Measure**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 msgid "" "Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " "supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " "curtains in **square meters**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " "relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " "another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" " where both units have a conversion relationship." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" " Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" " selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " "below)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " "**Inter-Category-Computation**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " "measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " "purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " "of Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 msgid "" "The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" " is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" " is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " "measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" " meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 msgid "" "For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" " of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " "meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " "``one Roll = 10 square meters``." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 msgid "" "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " "**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:5 msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 msgid "" "In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " "the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " "products have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" " call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 msgid "" "The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " "bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 msgid "" "With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " "on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 msgid "" "That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " "not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 msgid "" "The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " "this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" " able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" "If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " "useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " "track and analyze your vendor's performance :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 msgid "You can see how dependent from a supplier your company is;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 msgid "Etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" "For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " "to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " "total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " "gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " "their future orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 msgid "" "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " "module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 msgid "Issue some purchase orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 msgid "" "Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " "some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 msgid "Generate flexible reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" "You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " "default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " "**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " "month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " "you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " "of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 msgid "" "By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " "report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " "example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " "need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " "\"Products\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 msgid "" "Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " "reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" " in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " "These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 msgid "" "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " "dependent and one independent measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Customize reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " "do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " "your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " "search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " "on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " "some categories of data, while the **Group by** option improves the " "readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " "existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 msgid "" "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " "from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " "saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 msgid "" "In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " "the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " "also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 msgid "" "While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" " and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " "new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 msgid "Approve the order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 msgid "" "If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " "approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " "of what your users can or can't do." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 msgid "Bill Control" msgstr "Fakturakontrol" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" " Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" " you receive the goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 msgid "Change the control policy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 msgid "" "While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" " always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " "page under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 msgid "" "You might want to use different settings for different types of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" "If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " "*Shipment* tab," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 msgid "" "Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " "billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" " units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " "quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 msgid "Cancel a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " "necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" " it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 msgid "" "We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " "haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " "application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " "interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " "cancel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 msgid "" "The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " "Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " "Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 msgid "" "If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " "you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " "and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 msgid "" "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " "cancel the PO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 msgid "" "The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " "the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." " From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " "line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 msgid "" "When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " "less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " "ask you the permission to create a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 msgid "" "Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" " will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " "therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 msgid "Create reverse transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 msgid "" "Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" " location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." " A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" " corresponding location and click on **Return**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 msgid "" "Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " "stock to your vendor location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 msgid "" "When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" " automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " "cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`reception`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 msgid "" "A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " "products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " "the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " "your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " "to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " "Quotation` and click on **Create**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 msgid "" "Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " "clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " "and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " "price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " "you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " "date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " "**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " "supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Dropship products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" " but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 msgid "" "You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " "to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Dropshipping*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" "A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " "tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " "will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " "drop shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "" "If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " "front of *Order-Specific Routes*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "" "When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " "per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " "dropship route on the SO line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "Drop ship a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" "Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " "quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " "confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " "transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" " through your own stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 msgid "Lock a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 msgid "Lock an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 msgid "" "While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " "the order preventing any further modification on the document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " "products to receive and to control supplier bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" " thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " "purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 msgid "" "Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " "will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " "others), which is required with **Purchase**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 msgid "Create products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 msgid "" "Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " "**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " "**Create**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 msgid "" "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 msgid "" "**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " "installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 msgid "" "It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " "you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " "have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" " set his product type field as **Service**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 msgid "Control products receptions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 msgid "Purchase products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 msgid "" "From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " "If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" " **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " "with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " "include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 msgid "Receive Products" msgstr "Modtag produkter" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 msgid "" "If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " "receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " "**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " "receipt box of the related warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 msgid "" "Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " "on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " "source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" " the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " "the lines within it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 msgid "" "You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " "button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " "**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " "it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 msgid "" "If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " "quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " "the quantity received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 msgid "" "When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" " initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 msgid "" "If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " "Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " "you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`cancel`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " "purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 msgid "" "For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " "raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " "be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 msgid "" "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " "Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " "blocking message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 msgid "Add a warning on a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 msgid "" "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" " on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 msgid "" "If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " "with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender.rst:5 msgid "Purchase Agreements" msgstr "Indkøbsaftaler" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " "supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " "negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 msgid "Start a Blanket Order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 msgid "" "To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " "Agreements`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " "drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 msgid "" "You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " "product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " "will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " "the top right corner of the document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 msgid "" "From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " "the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " "choose the quantity and confirm the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" "When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" " you have already ordered from your blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 msgid "Vendors prices on your product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 msgid "" "When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " "product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " "priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " "name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 msgid "" "Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " "(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " "link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 msgid "Manage Call for Tender" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 msgid "" "A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " "vendors to obtain the most interesting price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 msgid "Create a Call for Tender" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 msgid "" "Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " "and select *Call for Tender*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " "from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " "right corner of the document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 msgid "" "From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " "from your Call for Tender." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 msgid "Select the best offer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 msgid "" "The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" " *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 msgid "Close the Call for Tender" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment.rst:5 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Genopfyldning" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:5 msgid "Replenishment Flows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 msgid "" "To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " "Times*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 msgid "" "*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " "manufacture products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 msgid "Configure Lead Times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 msgid "Vendor Lead Time" msgstr "Leverandør Ledetid" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 msgid "" "The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " "product to you." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 msgid "" "To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " "purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " "lead time for that Vendor & Product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Kunde leveringstid" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 msgid "" "The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " "the product to your customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 msgid "" "To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " "*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 msgid "" "The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " "*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " "potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " "engagements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 msgid "" "The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " "Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " "various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " "*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 msgid "" "For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " "and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " "is your product’s configuration:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 msgid "" "In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" " your configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 msgid "" "January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " "time for Sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 msgid "" "January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " "time for Purchase)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 msgid "" "January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " "9 days of vendor lead time)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Setup drop-shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " "customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 msgid "" "First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " "routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " "suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " "**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " "**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 msgid "" "Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " "concerned order lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " "The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" " of your product on **Ordered quantities**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 msgid "" "If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " "orders on each sale you make." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" " just one step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 msgid "Configure the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 msgid "" "Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " "*Make To Order*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 msgid "" "The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " "Odoo for this feature to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 msgid "" "Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " "delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 msgid "" "A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " "that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " "*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 msgid "" "When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " "created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" " *Shipment* button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 msgid "" "You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " "delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 msgid "" "As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " "automatically under it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 msgid "" "To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " "*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " "you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 msgid "Set a reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 msgid "" "You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 msgid "" "Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " "product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " "it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 msgid "" "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " "module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " "12:00PM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 msgid "" "See also: " ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 msgid "" "From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" " stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " "the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 msgid "" "For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " "configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " "If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " "If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," " a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " "issue with the configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:5 msgid "Multi-Companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " "business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " "companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " "and services between different branches within your conglomerate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 msgid "" "Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " "group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " "automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " "everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " "on your sales and purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 msgid "Manage intercompany rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" " companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 msgid "Click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 msgid "New options will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " "options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 msgid "" "When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " "for the other companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " "user has the rights to manage the companies." msgstr ""